ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.110
Committed: Thu Jun 20 22:44:59 2019 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.109: +51 -29 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.110 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.11 (Pod::Simple 3.35)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.110 .TH LIBEV 3 "2019-06-20" "libev-4.25" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
246     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
247     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
248 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
398     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
399     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
400     .Sp
401     .Vb 5
402     \& static void *
403     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
404     \& {
405     \& if (size)
406     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
407     \&
408     \& free (ptr);
409     \& return 0;
410     \& }
411     .Ve
412     .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
414 root 1.110 retries.
415 root 1.9 .Sp
416 root 1.110 .Vb 8
417 root 1.9 \& static void *
418 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
419 root 1.9 \& {
420 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
421     \& {
422     \& free (ptr);
423     \& return 0;
424     \& }
425     \&
426 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
427     \& {
428     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
429 root 1.60 \&
430 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
431     \& return newptr;
432 root 1.60 \&
433 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
434     \& }
435     \& }
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& ...
438     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
439     .Ve
440 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
441     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
442 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
443 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
444     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
445 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
446 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
447     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
448     (such as abort).
449 root 1.9 .Sp
450 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
451 root 1.9 .Sp
452     .Vb 6
453     \& static void
454     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
455     \& {
456     \& perror (msg);
457     \& abort ();
458     \& }
459 root 1.60 \&
460 root 1.9 \& ...
461     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
462     .Ve
463 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
464     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
465     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
466     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
467     handlers or random threads.
468     .Sp
469     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
470     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
471     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
472     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
473     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
474     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
475 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
476     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
477     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
478     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
479     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
480 root 1.73 .PP
481     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
482 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
483     do not.
484 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
485     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
486 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
487     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
488     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
489     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
490     .Sp
491     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
492     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
494     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
495     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
496 root 1.1 .Sp
497     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
498 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
499 root 1.1 .Sp
500 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
501 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
502     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
503     threads anyway).
504     .Sp
505     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
506     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
507     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
508     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
509     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
510     .Sp
511     Example: This is the most typical usage.
512     .Sp
513     .Vb 2
514     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
515     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
516     .Ve
517     .Sp
518     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
519     environment settings to be taken into account:
520     .Sp
521     .Vb 1
522     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
523     .Ve
524     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
525     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
526     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
527     could not be initialised, returns false.
528 root 1.63 .Sp
529 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
530     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
531     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
532 root 1.60 .Sp
533 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
534 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
535 root 1.1 .Sp
536 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
537 root 1.1 .RS 4
538     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
539     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
540     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
541     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
542     thing, believe me).
543     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
544     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
545     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
546 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
547 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
548     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
549     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
550 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
551     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
552     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
553     thread modifies them).
554 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
555     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
556     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
557 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
558     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
559 root 1.35 .Sp
560     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
561     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
562 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
563 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
564     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
565     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
566     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
567 root 1.35 .Sp
568     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
569 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
570     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
573 root 1.35 environment variable.
574 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
575     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
576     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
577     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
578 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
579 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
580     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
581 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
582     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
583     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
584     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
585 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
586 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
587     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
588     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
589     threads that are not interested in handling them.
590     .Sp
591     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
592     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
593     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
594 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
596     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
597     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
598 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
599 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
600     .Sp
601     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
602     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
603     unblocking the signals.
604     .Sp
605 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
606     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
607     .Sp
608 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
609 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
610     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
611 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
612 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
613 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
614     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
615 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
616 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
617 root 1.58 .Sp
618     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
619 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
620 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
621     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
622     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
623 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
624 root 1.71 .Sp
625     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
626     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
627     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
628 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
629     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
630 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
631 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
632 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
633     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
634     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
635     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
636     performance tips.
637 root 1.71 .Sp
638     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
639     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
640 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
641     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
642 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
643 root 1.110 Use the linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
644 root 1.81 kernels).
645     .Sp
646 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
647     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
648     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
649     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
650 root 1.73 .Sp
651     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
652     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
653     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
654 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
655     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
656     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
657     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
658     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
659     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
660     and is of course hard to detect.
661 root 1.73 .Sp
662 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
663     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
664     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
665     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
666     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
667     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
668     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
669     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
670     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
671     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
672 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
673     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
674 root 1.3 .Sp
675 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
676     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
677     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
678 root 1.84 .Sp
679 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
680 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
681     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
682     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
683     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
684     file descriptors.
685 root 1.58 .Sp
686     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
687 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
688     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
689     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
690 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
691     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
692     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
695     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
696     the usage. So sad.
697     .Sp
698 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
699 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
700 root 1.71 .Sp
701     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
702     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
703 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
704     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
705 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
706 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
707     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
708     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
709     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
710     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
711     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
712     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
713     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
714     system like NetBSD.
715 root 1.3 .Sp
716 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
717     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
718     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
719     .Sp
720 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
721 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
722     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
723 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
724 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
725     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
726 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
727 root 1.58 .Sp
728     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
729     .Sp
730     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
731     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
732     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
733     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
734 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
735 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
736 root 1.71 .Sp
737     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
738     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
739     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
740 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
741     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
742     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
743 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
744     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
745     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
746     immensely.
747 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
748     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
749 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
750 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
751 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
752 root 1.7 .Sp
753 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
754     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
755     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
756     might perform better.
757 root 1.60 .Sp
758 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
759     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
760     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
761     hacks).
762     .Sp
763     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
764     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
765 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
766 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
767 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
768     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
769     to re-arm the watcher.
770 root 1.85 .Sp
771     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
772 root 1.71 .Sp
773     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
774     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
775 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
776     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
777     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
778 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
779     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
780 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
781 root 1.58 .Sp
782 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
783     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
784     at all.
785     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
786     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
787     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
788     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
789     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
790     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
791 root 1.1 .RE
792     .RS 4
793 root 1.3 .Sp
794 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
795     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
796     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
797     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
798 root 1.8 .Sp
799 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
800 root 1.8 .Sp
801 root 1.82 .Vb 3
802     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
803     \& if (!epoller)
804     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
805 root 1.8 .Ve
806     .Sp
807 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
808 root 1.82 used if available.
809 root 1.8 .Sp
810     .Vb 1
811 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
812 root 1.8 .Ve
813 root 1.1 .RE
814 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
815     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
816     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
817 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
818     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
819 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
820 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
821 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
822 root 1.12 for example).
823 root 1.52 .Sp
824 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
825     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
826     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
827 root 1.52 .Sp
828 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
829     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
830     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
831     .Sp
832     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
833 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
834 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
835     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
836     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
837     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
838 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
839     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
840     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
841     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
842     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
843     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
844 root 1.82 .Sp
845 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
846     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
847     .Sp
848 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
849 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
850     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
851     during fork.
852 root 1.60 .Sp
853     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
854 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
855     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
856     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
857     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
858     costly reset of the backend).
859 root 1.1 .Sp
860     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
861 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
862     .Sp
863     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
864     using pthreads.
865 root 1.1 .Sp
866 root 1.82 .Vb 5
867     \& static void
868     \& post_fork_child (void)
869     \& {
870     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
871     \& }
872     \&
873     \& ...
874     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
875 root 1.1 .Ve
876 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
877     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
878 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
879     otherwise.
880 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
881     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
882     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
883     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
884     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
885 root 1.37 .Sp
886     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
887     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
888 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
889     prepare and check phases.
890     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
891     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
892     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
893 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
894 root 1.79 .Sp
895 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
896     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
897 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
898     .Sp
899 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
900     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
901     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
902     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
903 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
904     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
905     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
906 root 1.1 use.
907     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
908     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
909     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
910 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
911     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
912     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
913 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
914 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
915     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
916     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
917     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
918 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
919 root 1.71 .Sp
920     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
921     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
922     the current time is a good idea.
923     .Sp
924     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
925 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
926     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
927     .PD 0
928     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
929     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
930     .PD
931 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
932     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
933 root 1.78 .Sp
934     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
935     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
936     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
937     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
938     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
939     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
940     .Sp
941     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
942     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
943     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
944 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
945 root 1.78 .Sp
946     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
947     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
948     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
949     .Sp
950     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
951     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
952 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
953     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
954 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
955 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
956 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
957 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
958 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
959 root 1.1 .Sp
960 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
961     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
962     called.
963 root 1.1 .Sp
964 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
965     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
966     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
967     .Sp
968 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
969 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
970 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
971     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
972     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
973     beauty.
974 root 1.9 .Sp
975 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
976     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
977 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
978     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
979     .Sp
980 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
981     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
982     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
983     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
984     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
985 root 1.1 .Sp
986 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
987 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
988     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
989 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
990 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
991     iteration of the loop.
992     .Sp
993     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
994     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
995 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
996 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
997     .Sp
998 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
999     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1000     future versions):
1001 root 1.8 .Sp
1002 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1003 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1004     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1005 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1006 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1007     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1008 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1009 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1010 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1011 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1012     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1013 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1014 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1015 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1016 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1017 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1018     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1019 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1020 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1021     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1022 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1023     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1024     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1025 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1026 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1027     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1028 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1029     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1030 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1031     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1032     \& continue with step LOOP.
1033     \& FINISH:
1034     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1035     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1036     \& \- Return.
1037 root 1.2 .Ve
1038 root 1.9 .Sp
1039 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1040 root 1.9 anymore.
1041     .Sp
1042     .Vb 4
1043     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1044     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1045 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1046 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1047 root 1.9 .Ve
1048 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1049     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1050     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1051 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1052 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1053     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1054 root 1.60 .Sp
1055 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1056 root 1.72 .Sp
1057 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1058     which case it will have no effect.
1059 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1060     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1061     .PD 0
1062     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1063     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1064     .PD
1065     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1066     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1067 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1068 root 1.71 .Sp
1069 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1070 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1071 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1072     before stopping it.
1073 root 1.71 .Sp
1074 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1075 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1076 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1077     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1078     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1079     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1080     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1081     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1082     in the callback).
1083 root 1.9 .Sp
1084 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1085 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1086     .Sp
1087     .Vb 4
1088 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1089 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1090     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1091 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1092 root 1.9 .Ve
1093     .Sp
1094 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1095 root 1.9 .Sp
1096     .Vb 2
1097 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1098     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1099 root 1.9 .Ve
1100 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1101     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1102 root 1.56 .PD 0
1103 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1104     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1105 root 1.56 .PD
1106     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1107 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1108     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1109     latency.
1110 root 1.56 .Sp
1111     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1112 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1113     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1114     opportunities).
1115     .Sp
1116     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1117     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1118     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1119 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1120     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1121     .Sp
1122     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1123     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1124     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1125 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1126 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1127     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1128 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1129     good enough).
1130 root 1.56 .Sp
1131     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1132     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1133 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1134     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1135     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1136 root 1.56 .Sp
1137 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1138 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1139     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1140     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1141 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1142     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1143     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1144     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1145 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1146 root 1.71 .Sp
1147     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1148     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1149     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1150     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1151     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1152     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1153 root 1.79 .Sp
1154     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1155     more often than 100 times per second:
1156     .Sp
1157     .Vb 2
1158     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1159     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1160     .Ve
1161     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1162     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1163     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1164 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1165     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1166     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1167     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1168     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1169     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1170 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1171     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1172     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1173     are pending.
1174     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1175     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1176     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1177 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1178 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1179     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1180     .Sp
1181     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1182     callback.
1183 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1184     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1185 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1186     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1187     each call to a libev function.
1188     .Sp
1189 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1190     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1191 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1192 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1193 root 1.79 .Sp
1194     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1195     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1196     afterwards.
1197     .Sp
1198     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1199     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1200     .Sp
1201     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1202     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1203     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1204     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1205 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1206 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1207     .Sp
1208 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1209 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1210     .Sp
1211     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1212     document.
1213     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1214     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1215     .PD 0
1216 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1217     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1218 root 1.79 .PD
1219     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1220     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1221 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1222 root 1.79 .Sp
1223     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1224     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1225     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1226     any other purpose as well.
1227 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1228     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1229 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1230 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1231 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1232     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1233     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1234 root 1.67 .Sp
1235     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1236     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1237     data structures consistent.
1238 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1239     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1240 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1241     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1242     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1243     .PP
1244 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1245     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1246     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1247     for that:
1248 root 1.1 .PP
1249     .Vb 5
1250 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1251 root 1.68 \& {
1252     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1253 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1254 root 1.68 \& }
1255     \&
1256     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1257 root 1.73 \&
1258     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1259     \&
1260 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1261     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1262     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1263 root 1.73 \&
1264 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1265 root 1.1 .Ve
1266     .PP
1267     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1268 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1269     stack).
1270     .PP
1271     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1272     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1273 root 1.1 .PP
1274 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1275     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1276     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1277     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1278     and/or writable).
1279 root 1.1 .PP
1280 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1281     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1282     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1283 root 1.1 .PP
1284     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1285 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1286 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1287 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1288 root 1.1 .PP
1289     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1290     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1291 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1292 root 1.1 .PP
1293     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1294     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1295     third argument.
1296     .PP
1297     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1298     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1299     are:
1300     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1301     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1302     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1303     .PD 0
1304     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1305     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1306     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1307     .PD
1308     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1309     writable.
1310 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1311     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1312     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1313 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1314     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1315     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1316     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1317     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1318     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1319     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1320     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1321     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1322     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1323     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1324     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1325     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1326 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1327     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1328     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1329     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1330 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1331     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1332     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1333     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1334     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1335     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1336     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1337     .PD 0
1338     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1339     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1340     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1341     .PD
1342 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1343     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1344     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1345     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1346     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1347     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1348     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1349     .Sp
1350     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1351     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1352     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1353     blocking).
1354 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1355     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1356     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1357     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1358     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1359     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1360     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1361     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1362     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1363 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1364     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1365     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1366     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1367 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1368     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1369     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1370     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1371 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1372     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1373     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1374     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1375     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1376 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1377     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1378     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1379 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1380 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1381     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1382 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1383     .Sp
1384     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1385     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1386     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1387     bug in your program.
1388 root 1.1 .Sp
1389 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1390     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1391     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1392 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1393 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1394     thing, so beware.
1395 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1396 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1397 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1398     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1399     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1400     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1401     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1402     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1403     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1404     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1405     which rolls both calls into one.
1406     .Sp
1407     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1408     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1409     .Sp
1410 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1411 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1412 root 1.71 .Sp
1413     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1414     .Sp
1415     .Vb 3
1416     \& ev_io w;
1417     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1418     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1419     .Ve
1420 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1421     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1422     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1423 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1424     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1425     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1426     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1427     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1428     .Sp
1429     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1430     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1431 root 1.71 .Sp
1432     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1433 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1434     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1435     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1436 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1437     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1438 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1439 root 1.71 .Sp
1440     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1441     .Sp
1442     .Vb 1
1443     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1444     .Ve
1445 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1446     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1447     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1448 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1449     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1450 root 1.71 .Sp
1451     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1452     whole section.
1453     .Sp
1454     .Vb 1
1455     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1456     .Ve
1457 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1458     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1459     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1460 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1461     the watcher was active or not).
1462     .Sp
1463     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1464     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1465     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1466     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1467     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1468 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1469     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1470     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1471     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1472     it.
1473     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1474     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1475     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1476     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1477     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1478 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1479     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1480     it).
1481 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1482     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1483 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1484 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1485     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1486 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1487     (modulo threads).
1488 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1489     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1490 root 1.37 .PD 0
1491     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1492     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1493     .PD
1494     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1495     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1496     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1497     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1498     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1499     .Sp
1500     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1501     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1502     .Sp
1503 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1504     pending.
1505     .Sp
1506 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1507     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1508     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1509     .Sp
1510 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1511     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1512     .Sp
1513 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1514 root 1.78 priorities.
1515 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1516     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1517     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1518     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1519 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1520     callback.
1521 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1522     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1523 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1524     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1525 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1526 root 1.71 .Sp
1527     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1528     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1529 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1530     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1531     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1532     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1533     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1534     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1535     .Sp
1536     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1537     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1538     not started in the first place.
1539     .Sp
1540     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1541     functions that do not need a watcher.
1542 root 1.1 .PP
1543 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1544     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1545     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1546 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1547     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1548     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1549     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1550     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1551 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1552     .IX Item "initialised"
1553 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1554 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1555     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1556     .Sp
1557 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1558     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1559     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1560     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1561 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1562     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1563     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1564     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1565     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1566     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1567     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1568     .IP "pending" 4
1569     .IX Item "pending"
1570     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1571     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1572     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1573     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1574     callback.
1575     .Sp
1576     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1577     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1578     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1579     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1580     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1581     previous item still apply.
1582     .Sp
1583     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1584     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1585     active.
1586     .IP "stopped" 4
1587     .IX Item "stopped"
1588     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1589     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1590     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1591     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1592     freeing it is often a good idea.
1593     .Sp
1594     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1595 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1596     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1597     it again).
1598 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1599 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1600     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1601     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1602     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1603     .PP
1604     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1605     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1606     range.
1607     .PP
1608     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1609     by event loops:
1610     .PP
1611     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1612     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1613     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1614     .PP
1615     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1616     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1617     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1618     before polling for new events.
1619     .PP
1620     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1621     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1622     .PP
1623     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1624     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1625     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1626     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1627     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1628     priority ones.
1629     .PP
1630     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1631     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1632     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1633     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1634     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1635     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1636     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1637     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1638     always, what you want).
1639     .PP
1640     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1641     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1642     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1643     required.
1644     .PP
1645     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1646     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1647     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1648     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1649 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1650 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1651     workable.
1652     .PP
1653     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1654     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1655     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1656     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1657     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1658     .PP
1659     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1660     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1661     other events are pending:
1662     .PP
1663     .Vb 2
1664     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1665     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1666     \&
1667     \& static void
1668     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1669     \& {
1670     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1671     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1672     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1673     \&
1674 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1675 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1676     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1677     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1678     \& }
1679     \&
1680     \& static void
1681 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1682 root 1.78 \& {
1683     \& // actual processing
1684     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1685     \&
1686     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1687     \& // we have handled the event
1688     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1689     \& }
1690     \&
1691     \& // initialisation
1692     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1693     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1694     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1695     .Ve
1696     .PP
1697     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1698     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1699     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1700     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1701     important ones.
1702 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1703     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1704     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1705 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1706     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1707     .PP
1708     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1709     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1710     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1711     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1712     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1713     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1714     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1715     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1716 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1717     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1718 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1719 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1720 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1721     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1722     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1723     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1724     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1725     receive future events.
1726 root 1.1 .PP
1727     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1728     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1729     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1730     required if you know what you are doing).
1731     .PP
1732 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1733 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1734 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1735 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1736     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1737     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1738     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1739 root 1.17 .PP
1740 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1741     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1742     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1743 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1744     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1745 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1746     indefinitely.
1747     .PP
1748     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1749 root 1.49 .PP
1750     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1751     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1752     .PP
1753 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1754 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1755     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1756 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1757     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1758     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1759     fact, a different file descriptor.
1760     .PP
1761     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1762     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1763     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1764     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1765     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1766     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1767     .PP
1768     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1769     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1770     optimisations to libev.
1771 root 1.50 .PP
1772 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1773     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1774 root 1.54 .PP
1775     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1776 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1777     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1778     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1779 root 1.54 .PP
1780 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1781     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1782 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1783     .PP
1784 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1785     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1786     .PP
1787     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1788     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1789     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1790     .PP
1791     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1792     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1793     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1794     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1795     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1796     .PP
1797     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1798     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1799     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1800     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1801     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1802     .PP
1803     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1804     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1805     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1806 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1807 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1808     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1809     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1810     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1811     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1812     .PP
1813     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1814 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1815 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1816     reuse the same code path.
1817     .PP
1818 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1819     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1820     .PP
1821     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1822     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1823 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1824 root 1.54 .PP
1825 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1826     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1827     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1828 root 1.54 .PP
1829 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1830     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1831     .PP
1832 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1833     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1834 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1835 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1836 root 1.63 .PP
1837     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1838 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1839 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1840     .PP
1841 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1842 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1843     .PP
1844 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1845 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1846     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1847     .PP
1848     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1849     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1850     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1851     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1852     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1853     .PP
1854     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1855     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1856     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1857     cope with overload is known (to me).
1858     .PP
1859     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1860     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1861     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1862     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1863     .PP
1864     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1865     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1866     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1867     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1868     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1869     usage.
1870     .PP
1871     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1872     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1873     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1874     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1875     clients under typical overload conditions.
1876     .PP
1877     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1878     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1879     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1880     .PP
1881 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1882     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1883 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1884     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1885     .PD 0
1886     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1887     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1888     .PD
1889 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1890 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1891     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1892 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1893     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1894     The file descriptor being watched.
1895     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1896     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1897     The events being watched.
1898 root 1.9 .PP
1899 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1900     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1901     .PP
1902 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1903 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1904 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1905 root 1.9 .PP
1906     .Vb 6
1907 root 1.68 \& static void
1908 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1909 root 1.68 \& {
1910     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1911 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1912 root 1.68 \& }
1913     \&
1914     \& ...
1915     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1916 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1917 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1918     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1919 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1920 root 1.9 .Ve
1921 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1922     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1923 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1924 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1925     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1926     .PP
1927     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1928 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1929 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1930 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1931 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1932     .PP
1933 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1934 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1935 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1936     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1937     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1938     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1939     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1940 root 1.71 .PP
1941 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1942     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1943     .PP
1944     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1945     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1946     you want to raise some error after a while.
1947     .PP
1948     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1949     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1950     .PP
1951     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1952     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1953     data or other life sign was received).
1954     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1955     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1956     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1957     start the watcher:
1958     .Sp
1959     .Vb 2
1960     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1961     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1962     .Ve
1963     .Sp
1964     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1965     and start it again:
1966     .Sp
1967     .Vb 3
1968     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1969     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1970     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1971     .Ve
1972     .Sp
1973     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1974     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1975     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1976     still not a constant-time operation.
1977     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1978     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1979     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1980     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1981     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1982     .Sp
1983     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1984     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1985     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1986     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1987     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1988     .Sp
1989     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1990     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1991     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1992     .Sp
1993     At start:
1994     .Sp
1995     .Vb 3
1996 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1997 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1998     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1999     .Ve
2000     .Sp
2001     Each time there is some activity:
2002     .Sp
2003     .Vb 1
2004     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2005     .Ve
2006     .Sp
2007     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2008     whether the watcher is active or not:
2009     .Sp
2010     .Vb 2
2011     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2012     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2013     .Ve
2014     .Sp
2015     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2016     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2017     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2018     .Sp
2019     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2020     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2021     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2022     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2023     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2024     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2025     associated activity resets.
2026     .Sp
2027     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2028     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2029     within the callback:
2030     .Sp
2031 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2032     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2033 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2034 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2035 root 1.73 \&
2036     \& static void
2037     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2038     \& {
2039 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2040     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2041 root 1.73 \&
2042 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2043 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2044 root 1.73 \& {
2045 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2046 root 1.73 \& }
2047     \& else
2048     \& {
2049 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2050     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2051     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2052     \& // the timeout can occur.
2053     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2054     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2055 root 1.73 \& }
2056     \& }
2057     .Ve
2058     .Sp
2059 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2060     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2061     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2062     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2063     .Sp
2064     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2065     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2066     .Sp
2067     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2068     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2069     .Sp
2070     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2071 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2072 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2073 root 1.73 .Sp
2074     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2075     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2076     libev to change the timeout.
2077     .Sp
2078 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2079     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2080     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2081     the timer:
2082 root 1.73 .Sp
2083     .Vb 3
2084 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2085     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2086     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2087 root 1.73 .Ve
2088     .Sp
2089 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2090 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2091     .Sp
2092 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2093     \& if (activity detected)
2094     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2095     .Ve
2096     .Sp
2097     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2098     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2099 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2100 root 1.88 .Sp
2101     .Vb 3
2102     \& timeout = new_value;
2103     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2104     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2105 root 1.73 .Ve
2106     .Sp
2107     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2108     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2109     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2110     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2111     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2112     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2113     do even better:
2114     .Sp
2115     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2116     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2117     .Sp
2118     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2119     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2120     .Sp
2121     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2122     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2123     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2124     .Sp
2125     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2126     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2127     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2128     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2129     .PP
2130     So which method the best?
2131     .PP
2132     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2133     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2134     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2135     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2136     .PP
2137     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2138     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2139     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2140     overkill :)
2141     .PP
2142 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2143     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2144     .PP
2145     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2146     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2147     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2148     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2149     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2150     .PP
2151     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2152     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2153     .PP
2154     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2155     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2156     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2157     expect.
2158     .PP
2159     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2160     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2161     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2162     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2163     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2164     .PP
2165     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2166     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2167     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2168     intentions.
2169     .PP
2170     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2171     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2172     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2173     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2174     .PP
2175     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2176     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2177     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2178     late\*(R" side of things.
2179     .PP
2180 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2181     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2182     .PP
2183 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2184     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2185 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2186 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2187     lots of events in one iteration.
2188     .PP
2189 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2190     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2191 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2192 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2193 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2194     for it:
2195 root 1.1 .PP
2196     .Vb 1
2197 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2198 root 1.1 .Ve
2199 root 1.2 .PP
2200 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2201     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2202 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2203     further into the future.
2204 root 1.50 .PP
2205 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2206     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2207     .PP
2208     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2209     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2210     jumps).
2211     .PP
2212     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2213     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2214     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2215     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2216     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2217     .PP
2218     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2220     a second or so.
2221     .PP
2222     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2223     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2224     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2225     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2226     .PP
2227     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2228     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2229     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2230     .PP
2231     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2232     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2233     exactly the right behaviour.
2234     .PP
2235     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2236     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2237     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2238     .PP
2239 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2240     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2241     .PP
2242     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2243     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2244     .PP
2245     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2246     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2247     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2248     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2249     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2250     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2251     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2252     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2253     be adjusted accordingly.
2254     .PP
2255     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2256     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2257     .PP
2258     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2259     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2260     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2261     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2262     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2263     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2264     .PP
2265     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2266     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2267     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2268     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2269     .PP
2270 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2271     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2272 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2273     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2274     .PD 0
2275     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2276     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2277     .PD
2278 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2279     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2280     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2281     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2282     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2283 root 1.67 .Sp
2284     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2285     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2286     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2287     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2288     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2289 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2290     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2291 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2292     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2293     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2294 root 1.1 .Sp
2295 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2296     applied to the watcher:
2297     .RS 4
2298     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2299     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2300     .PD 0
2301     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2302     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2303     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2304     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2305     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2306     .RE
2307     .RS 4
2308     .PD
2309 root 1.1 .Sp
2310 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2311     usage example.
2312 root 1.88 .RE
2313 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2314     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2315 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2316     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2317     the timeout value currently configured.
2318     .Sp
2319     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2320 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2321 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2322     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2323     too), and so on.
2324 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2325     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2326     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2327 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2328 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2329 root 1.9 .PP
2330 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2331     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2332     .PP
2333 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2334 root 1.9 .PP
2335     .Vb 5
2336 root 1.68 \& static void
2337 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2338 root 1.68 \& {
2339     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2340     \& }
2341     \&
2342 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2343 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2344     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2345 root 1.9 .Ve
2346     .PP
2347 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2348 root 1.9 inactivity.
2349     .PP
2350     .Vb 5
2351 root 1.68 \& static void
2352 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2353 root 1.68 \& {
2354     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2355     \& }
2356     \&
2357 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2358 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2359     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2360 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2361 root 1.68 \&
2362     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2363     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2364     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2365 root 1.9 .Ve
2366 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2367     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2368 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2369 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2370     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2371     .PP
2372 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2373     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2374 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2375 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2376     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2377     wrist-watch).
2378     .PP
2379     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2380     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2381     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2382     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2383     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2384     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2385     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2386     .PP
2387     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2388     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2389 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2390     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2391 root 1.2 .PP
2392 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2393 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2394     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2395     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2396 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2397 root 1.50 .PP
2398     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2399     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2400 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2401     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2402 root 1.1 .PD 0
2403 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2404     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2405 root 1.1 .PD
2406 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2407 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2408 root 1.1 .RS 4
2409 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2410 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2411 root 1.60 .Sp
2412 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2413 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2414     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2415     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2416     this point in time.
2417 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2418 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2419 root 1.60 .Sp
2420 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2421 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2422     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2423     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2424 root 1.1 .Sp
2425 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2426 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2427     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2428 root 1.1 .Sp
2429     .Vb 1
2430     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2431     .Ve
2432     .Sp
2433     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2434 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2435 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2436     by 3600.
2437     .Sp
2438     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2439     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2440 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2441 root 1.46 .Sp
2442 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2443     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2444     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2445     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2446     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2447     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2448 root 1.67 .Sp
2449 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2450 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2451 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2452 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2453 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2454 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2455 root 1.60 .Sp
2456 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2457 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2458     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2459     current time as second argument.
2460     .Sp
2461 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2462 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2463     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2464 root 1.67 .Sp
2465     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2466     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2467     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2468 root 1.1 .Sp
2469 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2470 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2471 root 1.1 .Sp
2472 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2473     \& static ev_tstamp
2474     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2475 root 1.1 \& {
2476     \& return now + 60.;
2477     \& }
2478     .Ve
2479     .Sp
2480     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2481     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2482     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2483     might be called at other times, too.
2484     .Sp
2485 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2486 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2487 root 1.1 .Sp
2488     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2489 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2490     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2491     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2492     do this:
2493     .Sp
2494     .Vb 1
2495     \& #include <time.h>
2496     \&
2497     \& static ev_tstamp
2498     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2499     \& {
2500     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2501     \& struct tm tm;
2502     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2503     \&
2504     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2505     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2506     \&
2507     \& return mktime (&tm);
2508     \& }
2509     .Ve
2510     .Sp
2511     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2512     midnights (beginning and end).
2513 root 1.1 .RE
2514     .RS 4
2515     .RE
2516     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2517     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2518     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2519     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2520     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2521     program when the crontabs have changed).
2522 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2523     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2524 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2525     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2526     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2527     rescheduling modes.
2528 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2529     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2530     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2531 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2532     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2533 root 1.46 .Sp
2534     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2535     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2536 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2537     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2538     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2539     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2540     called.
2541 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2542     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2543 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2544     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2545     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2546 root 1.9 .PP
2547 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2548     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2549     .PP
2550 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2551 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2552 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2553 root 1.9 .PP
2554     .Vb 5
2555 root 1.68 \& static void
2556 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2557 root 1.68 \& {
2558     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2559     \& }
2560     \&
2561 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2562 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2563     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2564 root 1.9 .Ve
2565     .PP
2566 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2567 root 1.9 .PP
2568     .Vb 1
2569 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2570 root 1.60 \&
2571 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2572 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2573 root 1.68 \& {
2574 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2575 root 1.68 \& }
2576 root 1.60 \&
2577 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2578 root 1.9 .Ve
2579     .PP
2580 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2581 root 1.9 .PP
2582     .Vb 4
2583 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2584 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2585     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2586     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2587 root 1.9 .Ve
2588 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2589     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2590 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2591 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2592     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2593 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2594 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2595     .PP
2596 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2597     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2598     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2599     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2600     .PP
2601     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2602     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2603     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2604     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2605     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2606 root 1.71 .PP
2607 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2608     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2609     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2610 root 1.80 .PP
2611 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2612 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2613     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2614     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2615     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2616 root 1.61 .PP
2617 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2618     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2619     .PP
2620     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2621     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2622     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2623 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2624     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2625 root 1.81 .PP
2626     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2627     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2628     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2629     certain signals to be blocked.
2630     .PP
2631     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2632     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2633     choice usually).
2634     .PP
2635     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2636     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2637     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2638     .PP
2639     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2640 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2641 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2642     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2643     .PP
2644     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2645     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2646     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2647     .PP
2648 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2649     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2650     .PP
2651     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2652     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2653     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2654     .PP
2655     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2656     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2657     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2658     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2659     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2660     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2661     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2662     .PP
2663 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2664     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2665 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2666     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2667     .PD 0
2668     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2669     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2670     .PD
2671     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2672     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2673 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2674     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2675     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2676 root 1.61 .PP
2677     \fIExamples\fR
2678     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2679     .PP
2680 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2681 root 1.61 .PP
2682     .Vb 5
2683 root 1.68 \& static void
2684 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2685 root 1.68 \& {
2686 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2687 root 1.68 \& }
2688     \&
2689 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2690 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2691 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2692 root 1.61 .Ve
2693 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2694     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2695 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2696 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2697 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2698     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2699     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2700     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2701     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2702 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2703     in the next callback invocation is not.
2704 root 1.61 .PP
2705     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2706 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2707 root 1.61 .PP
2708 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2709     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2710     libev)
2711     .PP
2712 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2713     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2714     .PP
2715     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2716 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2717     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2718 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2719     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2720     children, even ones not watched.
2721     .PP
2722     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2723     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2724     .PP
2725     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2726     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2727     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2728     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2729     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2730     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2731     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2732 root 1.50 .PP
2733 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2734     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2735     .PP
2736     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2737     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2738     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2739 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2740     problem).
2741 root 1.71 .PP
2742 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2743     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2744 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2745     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2746 root 1.1 .PD 0
2747 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2748     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2749 root 1.1 .PD
2750     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2751     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2752     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2753     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2754     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2755 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2756     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2757     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2758 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2759     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2760     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2761     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2762     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2763     The process id that detected a status change.
2764     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2765     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2766     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2767     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2768 root 1.9 .PP
2769 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2770     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2771     .PP
2772 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2773     its completion.
2774 root 1.9 .PP
2775 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2776 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2777 root 1.61 \&
2778 root 1.68 \& static void
2779 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2780 root 1.68 \& {
2781     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2782     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2783     \& }
2784     \&
2785     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2786     \&
2787     \& if (pid < 0)
2788     \& // error
2789     \& else if (pid == 0)
2790     \& {
2791     \& // the forked child executes here
2792     \& exit (1);
2793     \& }
2794     \& else
2795     \& {
2796     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2797     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2798     \& }
2799 root 1.9 .Ve
2800 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2801     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2802 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2803 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2804 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2805 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2806     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2807     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2808 root 1.22 .PP
2809     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2810 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2811     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2812     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2813     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2814     contents.
2815 root 1.22 .PP
2816 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2817     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2818     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2819     .PP
2820     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2821     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2822     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2823     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2824     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2825     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2826     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2827     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2828 root 1.22 .PP
2829     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2830     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2831 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2832 root 1.22 .PP
2833 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2834 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2835     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2836     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2837 root 1.50 .PP
2838 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2839     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2840     .PP
2841     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2842 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2843     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2844 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2845     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2846     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2847 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2848 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2849 root 1.69 .PP
2850     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2851     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2852     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2853     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2854     default compilation environment.
2855 root 1.63 .PP
2856 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2857     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2858 root 1.59 .PP
2859 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2860     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2861     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2862     watcher is being started.
2863 root 1.59 .PP
2864 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2865 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2866 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2867 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2868 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2869     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2870     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2871     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2872 root 1.59 .PP
2873 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2874 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2875 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2876     etc. is difficult.
2877 root 1.59 .PP
2878 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2879     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2880     .PP
2881     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2882     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2883     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2884     .PP
2885     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2886     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2887 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2888 root 1.74 watcher).
2889     .PP
2890     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2891     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2892     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2893     .PP
2894     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2895     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2896     .PP
2897 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2898     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2899     .PP
2900 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2901     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2902     still only support whole seconds.
2903 root 1.59 .PP
2904 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2905     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2906     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2907 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2908     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2909 root 1.65 .PP
2910     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2911 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2912 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2913     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2914     .PP
2915     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2916     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2917     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2918     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2919     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2920     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2921     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2922     the timer callback).
2923 root 1.59 .PP
2924 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2925     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2926 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2927     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2928     .PD 0
2929     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2930     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2931     .PD
2932     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2933     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2934     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2935     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2936     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2937     .Sp
2938 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2939     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2940     last change was detected).
2941 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2942     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2943 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2944 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2945     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2946     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2947     new values.
2948 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2949     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2950 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2951 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2952 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2953     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2954     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2955 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2956     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2957     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2958 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2959     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2960     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2961 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2962     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2963     The specified interval.
2964     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2965     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2966 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2967 root 1.22 .PP
2968 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2969     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2970     .PP
2971 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2972     .PP
2973 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2974 root 1.68 \& static void
2975     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2976     \& {
2977     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2978     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2979     \& {
2980     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2981     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2982     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2983     \& }
2984     \& else
2985     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2986     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2987     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2988     \& }
2989 root 1.60 \&
2990 root 1.68 \& ...
2991     \& ev_stat passwd;
2992 root 1.60 \&
2993 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2994     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2995 root 1.22 .Ve
2996 root 1.59 .PP
2997     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2998     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2999     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3000     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3001     .PP
3002     .Vb 2
3003 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3004     \& static ev_timer timer;
3005 root 1.60 \&
3006 root 1.68 \& static void
3007     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3008     \& {
3009     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3010     \&
3011     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3012     \& }
3013     \&
3014     \& static void
3015     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3016     \& {
3017     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3018     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3019     \& }
3020     \&
3021     \& ...
3022     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3023     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3024     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3025 root 1.59 .Ve
3026 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3027     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3028 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3029 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3030 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3031     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3032 root 1.37 .PP
3033     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3034     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3035     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3036     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3037     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3038     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3039 root 1.1 .PP
3040     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3041     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3042     .PP
3043     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3044     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3045 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3046 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3047 root 1.50 .PP
3048 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3049     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3050     .PP
3051     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3052     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3053     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3054     lowest priority will do.
3055     .PP
3056     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3057     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3058     between different connections.
3059     .PP
3060     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3061     example.
3062     .PP
3063 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3064     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3065 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3066     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3067 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3068     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3069     believe me.
3070 root 1.9 .PP
3071 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3072     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3073     .PP
3074 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3075     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3076 root 1.9 .PP
3077 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3078 root 1.68 \& static void
3079 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3080 root 1.68 \& {
3081 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3082     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3083     \&
3084     \& // now we can free it
3085 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3086 root 1.93 \&
3087 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3088     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3089     \& }
3090     \&
3091 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3092 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3093 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3094 root 1.9 .Ve
3095 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3096     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3097 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3098 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3099 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3100     afterwards.
3101     .PP
3102 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3103     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3104     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3105     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3106     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3107     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3108     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3109 root 1.20 .PP
3110 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3111 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3112 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3113 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3114     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3115     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3116     watcher).
3117 root 1.1 .PP
3118 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3119     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3120     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3121     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3122     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3123     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3124     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3125     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3126 root 1.1 .PP
3127     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3128     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3129     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3130     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3131     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3132     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3133     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3134     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3135 root 1.45 .PP
3136 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3137     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3138     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3139     watchers).
3140 root 1.71 .PP
3141     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3142     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3143     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3144     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3145     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3146     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3147     others).
3148 root 1.50 .PP
3149 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3150     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3151     .PP
3152     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3153     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3154     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3155     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3156     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3157     connections have a chance of making progress.
3158     .PP
3159     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3160     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3161     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3162     .PP
3163     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3164     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3165     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3166     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3167     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3168     .PP
3169 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3170     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3171 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3172     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3173     .PD 0
3174     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3175     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3176     .PD
3177     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3178     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3179 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3180     pointless.
3181 root 1.9 .PP
3182 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3183     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3184     .PP
3185 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3186     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3187     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3188 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3189     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3190     Glib event loop).
3191 root 1.44 .PP
3192     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3193     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3194     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3195     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3196     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3197 root 1.20 .PP
3198     .Vb 2
3199 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3200     \& static ev_timer tw;
3201     \&
3202     \& static void
3203 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3204 root 1.68 \& {
3205     \& }
3206     \&
3207     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3208     \& static void
3209 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3210 root 1.68 \& {
3211     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3212     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3213     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3214     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3215     \&
3216     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3217 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3218 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3219 root 1.60 \&
3220 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3221     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3222     \& {
3223     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3224     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3225     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3226     \&
3227     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3228     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3229     \& }
3230     \& }
3231     \&
3232     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3233     \& static void
3234 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3235 root 1.68 \& {
3236     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3237     \&
3238     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3239     \& {
3240     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3241     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3242     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3243     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3244     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3245     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3246 root 1.60 \&
3247 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3248     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3249     \& }
3250     \&
3251     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3252     \& }
3253 root 1.20 .Ve
3254 root 1.44 .PP
3255     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3256     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3257     .PP
3258     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3259 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3260 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3261     .PP
3262     .Vb 5
3263 root 1.68 \& static void
3264     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3265     \& {
3266     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3267     \& update_now (EV_A);
3268     \&
3269     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3270     \& }
3271     \&
3272     \& static void
3273     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3274     \& {
3275     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3276     \& update_now (EV_A);
3277 root 1.60 \&
3278 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3279     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3280     \& }
3281     \&
3282     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3283 root 1.44 .Ve
3284     .PP
3285     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3286 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3287     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3288 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3289 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3290     libglib event loop.
3291 root 1.44 .PP
3292     .Vb 4
3293 root 1.68 \& static gint
3294     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3295     \& {
3296     \& int got_events = 0;
3297     \&
3298     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3299     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3300     \&
3301     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3302     \& // create/start timer
3303     \&
3304     \& // poll
3305 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3306 root 1.68 \&
3307     \& // stop timer again
3308     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3309     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3310 root 1.60 \&
3311 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3312     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3313     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3314     \&
3315     \& return got_events;
3316     \& }
3317 root 1.44 .Ve
3318 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3319     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3320 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3321 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3322 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3323     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3324 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3325 root 1.10 .PP
3326     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3327     prioritise I/O.
3328     .PP
3329     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3330     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3331     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3332 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3333     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3334     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3335     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3336     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3337     .PP
3338     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3339     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3340     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3341     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3342     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3343 root 1.10 .PP
3344 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3345     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3346     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3347     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3348     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3349     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3350     .PP
3351     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3352     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3353     .PP
3354     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3355     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3356     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3357     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3358 root 1.10 .PP
3359 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3360 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3361     portable one.
3362     .PP
3363     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3364     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3365     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3366 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3367 root 1.50 .PP
3368 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3369     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3370     .PP
3371     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3372     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3373     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3374     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3375     as applicable.
3376     .PP
3377 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3378     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3379 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3380     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3381 root 1.10 .PD 0
3382 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3383     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3384 root 1.10 .PD
3385 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3386     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3387     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3388     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3389 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3390 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3391     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3392     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3393 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3394 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3395 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3396     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3397 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3398 root 1.60 .PP
3399     \fIExamples\fR
3400     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3401     .PP
3402     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3403     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3404 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3405     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3406 root 1.60 used).
3407     .PP
3408     .Vb 3
3409 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3410     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3411 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3412 root 1.102 \&
3413 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3414     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3415     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3416     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3417     \& : 0;
3418     \&
3419     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3420     \& if (loop_lo)
3421     \& {
3422     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3423     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3424     \& }
3425     \& else
3426     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3427 root 1.60 .Ve
3428     .PP
3429     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3430     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3431     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3432     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3433     .PP
3434     .Vb 3
3435 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3436     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3437 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3438 root 1.102 \&
3439 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3440     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3441     \& {
3442     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3443     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3444     \& }
3445 root 1.60 \&
3446 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3447     \& loop_socket = loop;
3448 root 1.60 \&
3449 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3450 root 1.60 .Ve
3451 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3452     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3453 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3454     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3455     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3456 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3457     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3458     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3459     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3460     of course.
3461 root 1.51 .PP
3462 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3463     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3464     .PP
3465 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3466 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3467     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3468     .PP
3469     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3470     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3471     fork.
3472     .PP
3473     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3474     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3475     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3476     .PP
3477     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3478     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3479     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3480     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3481     .PP
3482     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3483     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3484     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3485     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3486     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3487     signal watchers).
3488     .PP
3489     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3490     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3491 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3492     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3493     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3494     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3495     signal watchers.
3496 root 1.78 .PP
3497 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3498     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3499 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3500     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3501 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3502     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3503 root 1.82 really.
3504     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3505     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3506     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3507     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3508     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3509     .PP
3510     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3511     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3512     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3513     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3514     .PP
3515     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3516     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3517     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3518     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3519     .PP
3520     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3521     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3522     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3523     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3524     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3525     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3526     pointless, I assure you.
3527     .PP
3528     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3529     cleanup functions are called.
3530     .PP
3531     .Vb 5
3532     \& static void
3533     \& program_exits (void)
3534     \& {
3535     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3536     \& }
3537     \&
3538     \& ...
3539     \& atexit (program_exits);
3540     .Ve
3541     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3542     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3543     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3544 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3545 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3546     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3547     .PP
3548 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3549     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3550     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3551     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3552 root 1.61 .PP
3553     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3554     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3555     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3556 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3557 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3558     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3559     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3560 root 1.61 .PP
3561     \fIQueueing\fR
3562     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3563     .PP
3564     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3565     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3566     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3567 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3568     semantics.
3569 root 1.61 .PP
3570     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3571 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3572 root 1.61 queue:
3573     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3574     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3575     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3576 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3577     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3578 root 1.61 .Sp
3579     .Vb 1
3580     \& static ev_async mysig;
3581     \&
3582     \& static void
3583     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3584     \& {
3585     \& sometype data;
3586     \&
3587     \& // no locking etc.
3588     \& queue_put (data);
3589     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3590     \& }
3591     \&
3592     \& static void
3593     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3594     \& {
3595     \& sometype data;
3596     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3597     \&
3598     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3599     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3600     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3601     \&
3602     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3603     \& process (data);
3604     \&
3605     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3606     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3607     \& }
3608     .Ve
3609     .Sp
3610     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3611     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3612     either...).
3613     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3614     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3615     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3616     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3617     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3618     .Sp
3619     .Vb 2
3620     \& static ev_async mysig;
3621     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3622     \&
3623     \& static void
3624     \& otherthread (void)
3625     \& {
3626     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3627     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3628     \& queue_put (data);
3629     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3630     \&
3631     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3632     \& }
3633     \&
3634     \& static void
3635     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3636     \& {
3637     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3638     \&
3639     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3640     \& process (data);
3641     \&
3642     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3643     \& }
3644     .Ve
3645     .PP
3646     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3647     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3648     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3649     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3650     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3651 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3652 root 1.71 trust me.
3653 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3654     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3655     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3656 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3657     returns.
3658     .Sp
3659     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3660     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3661     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3662 root 1.61 .Sp
3663 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3664 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3665     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3666     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3667     .Sp
3668     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3669     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3670     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3671     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3672     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3673     zero) under load.
3674 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3675     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3676     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3677     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3678     event loop.
3679     .Sp
3680     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3681     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3682     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3683 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3684 root 1.63 .Sp
3685 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3686     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3687     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3688     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3689 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3690     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3691     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3692 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3693     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3694 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3695 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3696 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3697     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3698     more watchers yourself.
3699     .Sp
3700 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3701     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3702     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3703 root 1.1 .Sp
3704     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3705     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3706 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3707 root 1.1 .Sp
3708 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3709 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3710 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3711 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3712     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3713     events precedence.
3714     .Sp
3715 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3716 root 1.1 .Sp
3717     .Vb 7
3718 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3719     \& {
3720 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3721     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3722 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3723 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3724     \& }
3725 root 1.60 \&
3726 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3727 root 1.1 .Ve
3728 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3729     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3730 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3731 root 1.88 the given events.
3732 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3733     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3734 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3735     which is async-safe.
3736     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3737     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3738     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3739     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3740     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3741 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3742 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3743     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3744     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3745     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3746     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3747     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3748     data:
3749     .PP
3750     .Vb 7
3751     \& struct my_io
3752     \& {
3753     \& ev_io io;
3754     \& int otherfd;
3755     \& void *somedata;
3756     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3757     \& };
3758     \&
3759     \& ...
3760     \& struct my_io w;
3761     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3762     .Ve
3763     .PP
3764     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3765     can cast it back to your own type:
3766     .PP
3767     .Vb 5
3768     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3769     \& {
3770     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3771     \& ...
3772     \& }
3773     .Ve
3774     .PP
3775     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3776     function type instead have been omitted.
3777 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3778 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3779     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3780     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3781     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3782     .PP
3783     .Vb 6
3784     \& struct my_biggy
3785     \& {
3786     \& int some_data;
3787     \& ev_timer t1;
3788     \& ev_timer t2;
3789     \& }
3790     .Ve
3791     .PP
3792     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3793     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3794     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3795     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3796     real programmers):
3797     .PP
3798     .Vb 1
3799     \& #include <stddef.h>
3800     \&
3801     \& static void
3802     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3803     \& {
3804     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3805     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3806     \& }
3807     \&
3808     \& static void
3809     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3810     \& {
3811     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3812     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3813     \& }
3814     .Ve
3815 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3816 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3817     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3818     .PP
3819     .Vb 4
3820     \& callback ()
3821     \& {
3822     \& free (request);
3823     \& }
3824     \&
3825     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3826     .Ve
3827     .PP
3828     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3829     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3830     .PP
3831     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3832     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3833     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3834     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3835     .PP
3836     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3837     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3838     .PP
3839     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3840     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3841     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3842     already been invoked.
3843     .PP
3844     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3845     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3846     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3847 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3848     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3849     pushing it into the pending queue:
3850 root 1.88 .PP
3851     .Vb 2
3852     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3853     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3854     .Ve
3855     .PP
3856     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3857     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3858 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3859 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3860     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3861     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3862     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3863     .PP
3864     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3865     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3866     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3867     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3868 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3869 root 1.85 .PP
3870     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3871     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3872     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3873     .PP
3874     .Vb 2
3875     \& // main loop
3876     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3877     \&
3878     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3879     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3880     \&
3881 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3882 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3883     \&
3884     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3885     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3886     .Ve
3887     .PP
3888     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3889     .PP
3890     .Vb 2
3891     \& // exit modal loop
3892     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3893     \&
3894     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3895     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3896     \&
3897     \& // exit both
3898     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3899     .Ve
3900 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3901 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3902     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3903     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3904     created/added/removed.
3905     .PP
3906     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3907     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3908     languages).
3909     .PP
3910     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3911     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3912     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3913     .PP
3914     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3915     .PP
3916     .Vb 6
3917     \& typedef struct {
3918     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3919     \& ev_async async_w;
3920     \& thread_t tid;
3921     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3922     \& } userdata;
3923     \&
3924     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3925     \& {
3926     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3927     \& static userdata u;
3928     \&
3929     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3930     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3931     \&
3932     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3933     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3934     \&
3935     \& // now associate this with the loop
3936     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3937     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3938     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3939     \&
3940 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3941 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3942     \& }
3943     .Ve
3944     .PP
3945     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3946     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3947     that might have been added:
3948     .PP
3949     .Vb 5
3950     \& static void
3951     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3952     \& {
3953     \& // just used for the side effects
3954     \& }
3955     .Ve
3956     .PP
3957     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3958     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3959     .PP
3960     .Vb 6
3961     \& static void
3962     \& l_release (EV_P)
3963     \& {
3964     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3965     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3966     \& }
3967     \&
3968     \& static void
3969     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3970     \& {
3971     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3972     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3973     \& }
3974     .Ve
3975     .PP
3976     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3977     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3978     .PP
3979     .Vb 4
3980     \& void *
3981     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3982     \& {
3983     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3984     \&
3985     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3986     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3987     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3988     \& l_release (EV_A);
3989     \&
3990     \& return 0;
3991     \& }
3992     .Ve
3993     .PP
3994     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3995     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3996     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3997     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3998     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3999     watchers is very beneficial):
4000     .PP
4001     .Vb 4
4002     \& static void
4003     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4004     \& {
4005     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4006     \&
4007     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4008     \& {
4009     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4010     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4011     \& }
4012     \& }
4013     .Ve
4014     .PP
4015     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4016     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4017     thread to continue:
4018     .PP
4019     .Vb 4
4020     \& static void
4021     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4022     \& {
4023     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4024     \&
4025     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4026     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4027     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4028     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4029     \& }
4030     .Ve
4031     .PP
4032     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4033     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4034     .PP
4035     .Vb 2
4036     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4037     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4038     \&
4039     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4040     \&
4041     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4042     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4043     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4044     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4045     .Ve
4046     .PP
4047     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4048     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4049     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4050     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4051 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4052 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4053     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4054     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4055     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4056     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4057     .PP
4058     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4059     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4060     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4061     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4062     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4063     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4064     .PP
4065     .Vb 2
4066     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4067     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4068     .Ve
4069     .PP
4070     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4071     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4072     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4073     .PP
4074     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4075     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4076     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4077     called):
4078     .PP
4079     .Vb 6
4080     \& void
4081     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4082     \& {
4083 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4084 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4085     \& }
4086     .Ve
4087     .PP
4088     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4089     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4090 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4091 root 1.85 .PP
4092     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4093     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4094     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4095     any waiters.
4096     .PP
4097 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4098 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4099     .PP
4100     .Vb 4
4101     \& // my_ev.h
4102     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4103 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4104 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4105     \&
4106     \& // my_ev.c
4107     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4108     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4109     .Ve
4110     .PP
4111     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4112     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4113     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4114 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4115     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4116     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4117     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4118 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4119 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4120     .Sp
4121     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4122     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4123     .IP "\(bu" 4
4124 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4125     .IP "\(bu" 4
4126     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4127     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4128     .IP "\(bu" 4
4129     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4130     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4131     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4132     .IP "\(bu" 4
4133     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4134     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4135     is an ev_pri field.
4136     .IP "\(bu" 4
4137 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4138 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4139 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4140 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4141     .IP "\(bu" 4
4142     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4143     to use the libev header file and library.
4144 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4145     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4146 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4147     .IX Subsection "C API"
4148     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4149     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4150     will work fine.
4151     .PP
4152     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4153 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4154     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4155     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4156     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4157     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4158 root 1.92 .PP
4159     .Vb 6
4160     \& static void
4161 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4162 root 1.92 \& {
4163     \& perror (msg);
4164     \& abort ();
4165     \& }
4166     \&
4167     \& ...
4168     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4169     .Ve
4170     .PP
4171     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4172 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4173 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4174     .PP
4175     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4176     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4177     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4178     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4179     .IX Subsection " API"
4180 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4181 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4182 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4183     .PP
4184     To use it,
4185     .PP
4186     .Vb 1
4187 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4188 root 1.13 .Ve
4189     .PP
4190 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4191     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4192     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4193     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4194     .PP
4195 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4196     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4197     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4198     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4199 root 1.41 .PP
4200 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4201     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4202     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4203     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4204     (preferably after implementing it).
4205 root 1.13 .PP
4206 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4207     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4208     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4209     .PP
4210 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4211 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4212 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4213     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4214     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4215     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4216 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4217 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4218     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4219     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4220 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4221 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4222     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4223     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4224     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4225     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4226 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4227 root 1.13 .Sp
4228     All of those classes have these methods:
4229     .RS 4
4230 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4231     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4232 root 1.13 .PD 0
4233 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4234     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4235 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4236     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4237     .PD
4238 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4239     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4240     .Sp
4241     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4242     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4243     .Sp
4244     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4245     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4246     .Sp
4247     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4248     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4249 root 1.13 .Sp
4250     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4251 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4252     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4253     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4254     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4255     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4256     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4257     .Sp
4258     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4259     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4260     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4261     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4262     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4263     .Sp
4264     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4265     .Sp
4266     .Vb 4
4267 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4268     \& {
4269     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4270     \& }
4271     \&
4272     \& myclass obj;
4273     \& ev::io iow;
4274     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4275 root 1.41 .Ve
4276 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4277     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4278     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4279     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4280     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4281     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4282     list.
4283     .Sp
4284     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4285     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4286     .Sp
4287     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4288     .Sp
4289     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4290     .Sp
4291     .Vb 7
4292     \& struct myfunctor
4293     \& {
4294     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4295     \& {
4296     \& ...
4297     \& }
4298     \& }
4299 root 1.102 \&
4300 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4301     \&
4302     \& ev::io w;
4303     \& w.set (&f);
4304     .Ve
4305 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4306     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4307 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4308     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4309     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4310     .Sp
4311 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4312     .Sp
4313 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4314 root 1.43 .Sp
4315 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4316 root 1.43 .Sp
4317     .Vb 2
4318 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4319     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4320 root 1.43 .Ve
4321 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4322     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4323 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4324     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4325 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4326     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4327 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4328     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4329     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4330     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4331     method.
4332     .Sp
4333     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4334     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4335 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4336     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4337 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4338     constructor already stores the event loop.
4339 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4340     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4341     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4342     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4343     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4344 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4345     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4346     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4347 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4348 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4349     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4350 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4351     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4352 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4353     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4354     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4355 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4356 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4357     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4358     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4359 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4360 root 1.13 .RE
4361     .RS 4
4362     .RE
4363     .PP
4364 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4365     watchers in the constructor.
4366 root 1.13 .PP
4367 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4368 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4369     \& {
4370 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4371 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4372 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4373 root 1.68 \&
4374     \& myclass (int fd)
4375     \& {
4376     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4377 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4378 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4379     \&
4380 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4381     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4382     \&
4383     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4384 root 1.68 \& }
4385     \& };
4386 root 1.13 .Ve
4387 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4388     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4389     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4390 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4391 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4392     me a note.
4393     .IP "Perl" 4
4394     .IX Item "Perl"
4395     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4396     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4397     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4398 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4399     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4400     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4401 root 1.62 .Sp
4402 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4403 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4404 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4405     .IX Item "Python"
4406     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4407 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4408 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4409     .IX Item "Ruby"
4410     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4411 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4412 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4413     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4414 root 1.75 .Sp
4415     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4416     makes rev work even on mingw.
4417 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4418     .IX Item "Haskell"
4419     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4420 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4421 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4422     .IX Item "D"
4423     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4424 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4425 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4426     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4427     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4428 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4429 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4430     .IX Item "Lua"
4431 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4432     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4433 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4434 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4435     .IX Item "Javascript"
4436     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4437     .IP "Others" 4
4438     .IX Item "Others"
4439     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4440 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4441     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4442 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4443 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4444     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4445 root 1.24 .PP
4446     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4447     following macros are defined:
4448 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4449 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4450     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4451     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4452     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4453     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4454     .Sp
4455     .Vb 3
4456 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4457     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4458 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4459 root 1.24 .Ve
4460     .Sp
4461     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4462     which is often provided by the following macro.
4463 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4464 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4465     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4466     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4467     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4468     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4469     .Sp
4470     .Vb 2
4471 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4472     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4473 root 1.60 \&
4474 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4475     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4476 root 1.24 .Ve
4477     .Sp
4478     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4479     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4480 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4481 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4482     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4483     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4484 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4485     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4486     .Sp
4487     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4488     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4489 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4490 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4491     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4492     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4493     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4494     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4495     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4496     .Sp
4497     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4498     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4499 root 1.24 .PP
4500 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4501 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4502 root 1.36 or not.
4503 root 1.24 .PP
4504     .Vb 5
4505 root 1.68 \& static void
4506     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4507     \& {
4508     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4509     \& }
4510     \&
4511     \& ev_check check;
4512     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4513     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4514 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4515 root 1.24 .Ve
4516 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4517     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4518     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4519     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4520     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4521 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4522 root 1.14 .PP
4523 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4524 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4525     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4526     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4527 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4528 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4529     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4530 root 1.68 in your application.
4531 root 1.14 .PP
4532 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4533 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4534     .PP
4535     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4536     configuration (no autoconf):
4537     .PP
4538     .Vb 2
4539 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4540     \& #include "ev.c"
4541 root 1.14 .Ve
4542     .PP
4543     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4544     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4545 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4546 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4547     where you can put other configuration options):
4548     .PP
4549     .Vb 2
4550 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4551     \& #include "ev.h"
4552 root 1.14 .Ve
4553     .PP
4554     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4555 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4556 root 1.14 as a bug).
4557     .PP
4558     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4559     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4560     .PP
4561     .Vb 4
4562 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4563     \& ev.c
4564     \& ev_vars.h
4565     \& ev_wrap.h
4566     \&
4567     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4568     \&
4569 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4570     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4571     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4572     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4573     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4574 root 1.14 .Ve
4575     .PP
4576     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4577 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4578 root 1.14 .PP
4579 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4580 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4581     .PP
4582 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4583 root 1.14 .PP
4584     .Vb 1
4585 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4586 root 1.14 .Ve
4587     .PP
4588     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4589     .PP
4590     .Vb 1
4591 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4592 root 1.14 .Ve
4593     .PP
4594 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4595 root 1.14 .PP
4596     You need the following additional files for this:
4597     .PP
4598     .Vb 2
4599 root 1.68 \& event.h
4600     \& event.c
4601 root 1.14 .Ve
4602     .PP
4603 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4604 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4605     .PP
4606 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4607 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4608 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4609     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4610 root 1.14 .PP
4611     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4612     .PP
4613     .Vb 1
4614 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4615 root 1.14 .Ve
4616 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4617 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4618 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4619 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4620     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4621     .PP
4622 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4623 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4624     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4625 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4626 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4627     settings.
4628 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4629 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4630     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4631     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4632     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4633     .Sp
4634     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4635     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4636     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4637     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4638     typedef in that case.
4639     .Sp
4640     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4641     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4642     removed completely.
4643 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4644 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4645 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4646     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4647     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4648     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4649     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4650 root 1.75 .Sp
4651 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4652 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4653 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4654     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4655     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4656     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4657     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4658     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4659     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4660     this.
4661 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4662     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4663     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4664 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4665     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4666     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4667     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4668 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4669 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4670 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4671     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4672     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4673 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4674     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4675     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4676     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4677     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4678     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4680 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4681     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4682     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4683     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4684     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4685     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4686     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4687     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4688     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4689     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4690 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4691     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4692     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4693     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4694 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4695     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4696     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4697     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4698     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4699     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4700     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4701 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4702     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4703     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4704 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4705 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4706     will not be compiled in.
4707     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4708     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4709     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4710     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4711 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4712     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4713     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4714     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4715     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4716 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4717     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4718     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4719     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4720     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4721     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4722     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4723     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4724     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4725 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4726     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4727 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4728     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4729     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4730     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4731     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4732 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4733     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4734     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4735     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4736     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4737     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4738     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4739     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4740     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4741     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4742     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4743     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4744 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4745     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4746     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4747     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4748     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4749 root 1.95 environments.
4750 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4751     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4752     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4753     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4754     takes precedence over select.
4755     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4756     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4757     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4758     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4759 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4760     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4761     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4762 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4763     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4764     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4765     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4766     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4767     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4768     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4769     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4770     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4771 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4772 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4773     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4774     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4775     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4776     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4777     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4778     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4779     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4780     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4781 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4782 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4783     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4784     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4785     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4786 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4787     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4788 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4789     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4790     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4791     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4792     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4793     and makes libev faster.
4794     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4795     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4796 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4797     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4798     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4799     libev faster.
4800 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4801     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4802     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4803 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4804     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4805     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4806     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4807     watchers.
4808 root 1.61 .Sp
4809 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4810 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4811 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4812 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4813 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4814 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4815     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4816 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4817 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4818 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4819     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4820     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4821 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4822 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4823 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4824 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4825 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4826 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4827 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4828     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4829     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4830     around libev functions.
4831     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4832     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4833     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4834     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4835     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4836     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4837     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4838 root 1.88 .Sp
4839     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4840     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4841     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4842 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4843     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4844     .PD 0
4845     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4846     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4847     .PD
4848     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4849     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4850     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4851     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4852     .Sp
4853     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4854     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4855     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4856     fine.
4857     .Sp
4858 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4859 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4860     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4861 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4862     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4863     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4864     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4865     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4866     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4867 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4868 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4869     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4870     that can be enabled on the platform.
4871     .Sp
4872     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4873     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4874     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4875     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4876     backend, use this:
4877     .Sp
4878     .Vb 5
4879     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4880     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4881     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4882     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4883     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4884     .Ve
4885     .Sp
4886     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4887 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4888 root 1.82 .RS 4
4889     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4890     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4891     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4892     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4893     .Sp
4894     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4895     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4896     .Sp
4897     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4898     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4899     assertions.
4900 root 1.91 .Sp
4901     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4902     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4903 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4904     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4905     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4906     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4907     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4908     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4909     runtime.
4910 root 1.91 .Sp
4911     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4912     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4913 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4914     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4915     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4916     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4917     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4918     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4919     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4920     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4921     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4922     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4923     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4924     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4925     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4926     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4927     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4928     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4929     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4930     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4931     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4932     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4933     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4934     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4935     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4936     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4937     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4938     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4939     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4940     default.
4941     .RE
4942     .RS 4
4943     .Sp
4944     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4945     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4946     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4947     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4948     .Sp
4949     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4950     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4951     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4952     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4953     .RE
4954 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4955     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4956     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4957     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4958     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4959     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4960     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4961     .Sp
4962     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4963     wants to use libev.
4964     .Sp
4965     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4966     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4967 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4968     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4969     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4970     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4971     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4972     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4973     big.
4974     .Sp
4975     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4976     enabled.
4977 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4978     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4979     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4980     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4981     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4982     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4983 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4984 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4985 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4986     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4987     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4988 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4989     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4990     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4991 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4992     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4993 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4994 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4995     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4996     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4997     power of two).
4998 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4999     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5000     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5001 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5002     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5003     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5004 root 1.65 .Sp
5005 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5006     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5007 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5008     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5009     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5010 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5011 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5012     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5013 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5014 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5015 root 1.65 .Sp
5016 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5017     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5018 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5019     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5020 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5021 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5022     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5023     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5024     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5025     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5026     libev considerably.
5027     .Sp
5028 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5029     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5030 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5031     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5032     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5033 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5034 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5035     though, and it must be identical each time.
5036     .Sp
5037     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5038     .Sp
5039     .Vb 3
5040 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5041     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5042     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5043 root 1.14 .Ve
5044 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5045 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5046 root 1.14 .PD 0
5047 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5048 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5049     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5050     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5051 root 1.14 .PD
5052     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5053     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5054 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5055 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5056 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5057     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5058 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5059 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5060 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5061 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5062     all public symbols, one per line:
5063 root 1.60 .PP
5064 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5065 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5066     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5067 root 1.53 .Ve
5068 root 1.60 .PP
5069 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5070     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5071 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5072 root 1.60 .PP
5073 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5074 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5075 root 1.60 .PP
5076 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5077 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5078 root 1.53 .Ve
5079 root 1.60 .PP
5080 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5081 root 1.60 .PP
5082 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5083     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5084     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5085     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5086     \& ...
5087     .Ve
5088 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5089 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5090     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5091     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5092     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5093     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5094     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5095     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5096     file.
5097 root 1.60 .PP
5098 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5099 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5100 root 1.60 .PP
5101 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5102     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5103     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5104     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5105     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5106     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5107     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5108     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5109 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5110 root 1.60 \&
5111 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5112 root 1.14 .Ve
5113 root 1.60 .PP
5114 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5115 root 1.60 .PP
5116 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5117 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5118     \& #include "ev.c"
5119 root 1.14 .Ve
5120 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5121     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5122 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5123 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5124     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5125 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5126 root 1.72 .PP
5127 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5128 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5129     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5130     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5131     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5132     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5133 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5134     .PP
5135     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5136     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5137     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5138     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5139     a mutex per loop).
5140     .PP
5141     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5142     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5143     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5144     outside\*(R".
5145 root 1.64 .PP
5146 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5147     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5148 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5149 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5150     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5151 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5152 root 1.64 .Sp
5153     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5154     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5155     .IP "\(bu" 4
5156     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5157     .Sp
5158     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5159     exists, but it is always a good start.
5160     .IP "\(bu" 4
5161     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5162 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5163 root 1.64 .Sp
5164 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5165 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5166     .IP "\(bu" 4
5167     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5168 root 1.71 event loop.
5169     .Sp
5170     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5171     (or from signal contexts...).
5172     .Sp
5173     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5174     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5175     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5176     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5177 root 1.72 .PP
5178 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5179 root 1.79 .PP
5180 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5181 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5182 root 1.72 .PP
5183     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5184     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5185 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5186 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5187     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5188     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5189 root 1.64 .PP
5190 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5191 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5192 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5193 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5194 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5195     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5196     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5197     scared by this.
5198     .PP
5199     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5200     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5201     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5202     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5203     .PP
5204     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5205     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5206     maintainable.
5207     .PP
5208     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5209     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5210     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5211 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5212 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5213     such buggy versions.
5214     .PP
5215     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5216     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5217     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5218     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5219     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5220 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5221 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5222     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5223     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5224     .PP
5225     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5226     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5227     .PP
5228     .Vb 3
5229     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5230     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5231     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5232     .Ve
5233     .PP
5234     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5235 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5236 root 1.72 .PP
5237     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5238     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5239     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5240     confused.
5241     .PP
5242     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5243     make it into some kind of religion.
5244     .PP
5245     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5246     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5247     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5248     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5249     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5250 root 1.60 .PP
5251 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5252     I suggest using suppression lists.
5253     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5254     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5255 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5256 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5257     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5258     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5259     .PP
5260     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5261     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5262     .PP
5263     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5264 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5265 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5266     .PP
5267     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5268     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5269     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5270 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5271 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5272     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5273     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5274     OpenGL drivers.
5275     .PP
5276     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5277     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5278     .PP
5279     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5280     only sockets, many support pipes.
5281     .PP
5282     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5283     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5284     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5285     probably going to work well.
5286     .PP
5287     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5288     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5289     .PP
5290     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5291     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5292     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5293     .PP
5294     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5295     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5296     a loop.
5297     .PP
5298     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5299     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5300     .PP
5301     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5302 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5303 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5304     you use more.
5305     .PP
5306     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5307     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5308 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5309     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5310 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5311     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5312     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5313     .PP
5314     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5315     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5316     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5317     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5318     .PP
5319     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5320     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5321     .PP
5322     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5323     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5324     .PP
5325     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5326     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5327     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5328     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5329     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5330     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5331     great.
5332     .PP
5333     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5334     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5335     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5336 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5337 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5338     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5339     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5340     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5341 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5342     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5343 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5344 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5345     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5346     .PP
5347 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5348     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5349     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5350     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5351     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5352 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5353 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5354 root 1.82 environment.
5355 root 1.60 .PP
5356 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5357 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5358     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5359     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5360 root 1.65 .PP
5361 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5362     embedding it into other applications.
5363     .PP
5364 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5365     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5366     .PP
5367 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5368     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5369     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5370     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5371 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5372 root 1.68 available).
5373     .PP
5374 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5375     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5376     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5377     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5378 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5379 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5380 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5381 root 1.68 .PP
5382     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5383     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5384     of \fIev.h\fR:
5385     .PP
5386     .Vb 2
5387     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5388     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5389     \&
5390     \& #include "ev.h"
5391     .Ve
5392     .PP
5393     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5394 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5395 root 1.68 .PP
5396     .Vb 2
5397     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5398     \& #include "ev.c"
5399     .Ve
5400 root 1.82 .PP
5401     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5402     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5403     .PP
5404 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5405     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5406     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5407 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5408     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5409 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5410     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5411 root 1.82 .PP
5412 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5413 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5414 root 1.82 .PP
5415 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5416 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5417     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5418 root 1.60 .Ve
5419 root 1.82 .PP
5420 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5421 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5422 root 1.82 .PP
5423     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5424     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5425     .PP
5426 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5427 root 1.82 .PP
5428 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5429     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5430 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5431 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5432 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5433 root 1.82 .PP
5434 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5435     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5436 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5437     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5438 root 1.82 .PP
5439 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5440 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5441     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5442     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5443     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5444     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5445     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5446     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5447 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5448     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5449 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5450     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5451     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5452 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5453 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5454     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5455     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5456 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5457 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5458     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5459     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5460 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5461     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5462     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5463     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5464 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5465     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5466     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5467     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5468 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5469     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5470     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5471     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5472 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5473 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5474     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5475     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5476     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5477     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5478     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5479     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5480     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5481     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5482     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5483     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5484     .Sp
5485     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5486 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5487     thread as well.
5488 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5489     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5490     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5491 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5492 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5493     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5494     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5495     watchers.
5496 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5497     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5498     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5499     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5500 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5501     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5502     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5503 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5504 root 1.88 .Sp
5505 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5506 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5507     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5508     something like that, just kidding).
5509 root 1.65 .PP
5510     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5511 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5512     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5513     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5514     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5515     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5516 root 1.67 .PP
5517 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5518     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5519     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5520     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5521     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5522     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5523     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5524     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5525     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5526     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5527     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5528     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5529     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5530     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5531     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5532     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5533     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5534     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5535     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5536     .PD 0
5537     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5538     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5539     .PD
5540     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5541     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5542     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5543     is rare).
5544     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5545     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5546     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5547     fixed position in the storage array.
5548     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5549     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5550     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5551     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5552     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5553     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5554     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5555     .PD 0
5556     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5557     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5558     .PD
5559     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5560     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5561     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5562     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5563     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5564     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5565     .PD 0
5566     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5567     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5568     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5569     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5570     .PD
5571     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5572 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5573     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5574     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5575 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5576     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5577 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5578 root 1.82 .PP
5579     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5580     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5581     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5582     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5583     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5584     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5585     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5586     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5587 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5588 root 1.82 section.
5589     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5590     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5591     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5592     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5593     .Sp
5594     .Vb 2
5595     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5596     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5597     .Ve
5598     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5599     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5600     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5601     .Sp
5602     .Vb 3
5603     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5604     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5605     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5606     \&
5607     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5608     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5609     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5610     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5611     \&
5612     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5613     \&
5614     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5615     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5616     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5617     .Ve
5618     .Sp
5619     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5620     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5621     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5622     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5623     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5624     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5625     typedef.
5626     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5627     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5628     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5629     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5630     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5631     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5632 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5633     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5634     .IP "active" 4
5635     .IX Item "active"
5636 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5637 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5638 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5639     .IX Item "application"
5640     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5641 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5642     .IX Item "backend"
5643     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5644 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5645     .IX Item "callback"
5646     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5647     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5648     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5649 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5650     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5651 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5652     .IP "event" 4
5653     .IX Item "event"
5654     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5655     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5656     any other events happening anymore.
5657     .Sp
5658     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5659 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5660 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5661     .IX Item "event library"
5662     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5663     .IP "event loop" 4
5664     .IX Item "event loop"
5665     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5666     into callback invocations.
5667     .IP "event model" 4
5668     .IX Item "event model"
5669     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5670     watchers and events.
5671     .IP "pending" 4
5672     .IX Item "pending"
5673 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5674 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5675 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5676     .IX Item "real time"
5677     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5678     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5679     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5680     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5681 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5682 root 1.78 clock.
5683     .IP "watcher" 4
5684     .IX Item "watcher"
5685     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5686     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5687 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5688     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5689 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5690 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.